ASTContext.cpp revision a2c3646c35dd09d21b74826240aa916545b1873f
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 410 const Decl *D, 411 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 413 414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 417 418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 419 if (Canonical != D) { 420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 return Pos->second; 425 } 426 427 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 428 429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 430 if (!RC) { 431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 438 if (OMD) 439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 444 } 445 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 447 // does not have one of its own. 448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 } 454 return NULL; 455 } 456 457 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 458 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 459 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 460 // different across redeclarations. 461 if (D != OriginalDecl) 462 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 463 464 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 465 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 466 return FC; 467} 468 469void 470ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 471 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 472 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 473 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 474 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 475 476 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 477 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 478 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 479 PEnd = Params->end(); 480 P != PEnd; ++P) { 481 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 482 ID.AddInteger(0); 483 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 484 continue; 485 } 486 487 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 488 ID.AddInteger(1); 489 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 490 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 491 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 492 ID.AddBoolean(true); 493 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 494 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 495 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 496 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 497 } 498 } else 499 ID.AddBoolean(false); 500 continue; 501 } 502 503 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 504 ID.AddInteger(2); 505 Profile(ID, TTP); 506 } 507} 508 509TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 510ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 511 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 512 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 514 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 515 void *InsertPos = 0; 516 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 517 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 518 if (Canonical) 519 return Canonical->getParam(); 520 521 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 522 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 523 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 524 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 526 PEnd = Params->end(); 527 P != PEnd; ++P) { 528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 529 CanonParams.push_back( 530 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 531 SourceLocation(), 532 SourceLocation(), 533 TTP->getDepth(), 534 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 535 TTP->isParameterPack())); 536 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 537 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 538 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 539 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 540 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 541 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 542 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 543 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 544 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 545 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 546 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 547 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 548 } 549 550 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 551 SourceLocation(), 552 SourceLocation(), 553 NTTP->getDepth(), 554 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 555 T, 556 TInfo, 557 ExpandedTypes.data(), 558 ExpandedTypes.size(), 559 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 560 } else { 561 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 562 SourceLocation(), 563 SourceLocation(), 564 NTTP->getDepth(), 565 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 566 T, 567 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 568 TInfo); 569 } 570 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 571 572 } else 573 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 574 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 575 } 576 577 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 578 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 579 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 580 TTP->getPosition(), 581 TTP->isParameterPack(), 582 0, 583 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 584 SourceLocation(), 585 CanonParams.data(), 586 CanonParams.size(), 587 SourceLocation())); 588 589 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 590 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 591 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 592 (void)Canonical; 593 594 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 595 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 596 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 597 return CanonTTP; 598} 599 600CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 601 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 602 603 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 604 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 605 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 606 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 607 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 608 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 609 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 610 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 611 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 612 } 613 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 614} 615 616static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 617 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 618 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 619 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 620 // language-specific address space. 621 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 622 1, // opencl_global 623 2, // opencl_local 624 3, // opencl_constant 625 4, // cuda_device 626 5, // cuda_constant 627 6 // cuda_shared 628 }; 629 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 630 } else { 631 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 632 } 633} 634 635ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 636 const TargetInfo *t, 637 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 638 Builtin::Context &builtins, 639 unsigned size_reserve, 640 bool DelayInitialization) 641 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 642 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 643 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 644 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 645 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 646 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 647 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 648 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 649 BOOLDecl(0), 650 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 651 FILEDecl(0), 652 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 653 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 654 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 655 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 656 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 657 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 658 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 659 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 660 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 661 DeclarationNames(*this), 662 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 663 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 664 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 665 LastSDM(0, 0), 666 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 667{ 668 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 669 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 670 671 if (!DelayInitialization) { 672 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 673 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 674 } 675} 676 677ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 678 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 679 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 680 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 681 682 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 683 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 684 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 685 686 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 687 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 689 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 690 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 691 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 692 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 693 R->Destroy(*this); 694 695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 696 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 697 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 698 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 699 R->Destroy(*this); 700 } 701 702 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 703 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 704 A != AEnd; ++A) 705 A->second->~AttrVec(); 706} 707 708void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 709 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 710} 711 712void 713ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 714 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 715} 716 717void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 718 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 719 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 720 721 unsigned counts[] = { 722#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 723#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 724#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 725 0 // Extra 726 }; 727 728 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 729 Type *T = Types[i]; 730 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 731 } 732 733 unsigned Idx = 0; 734 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 735#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 736 if (counts[Idx]) \ 737 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 738 << " types\n"; \ 739 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 740 ++Idx; 741#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 742#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 743 744 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 745 746 // Implicit special member functions. 747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 748 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 749 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 751 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 752 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 755 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 756 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 758 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 759 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 761 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 762 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 763 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 764 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 765 << NumImplicitDestructors 766 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 767 768 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 769 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 770 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 771 } 772 773 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 774} 775 776TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 777 if (!Int128Decl) { 778 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 779 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 780 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 781 SourceLocation(), 782 SourceLocation(), 783 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 784 TInfo); 785 } 786 787 return Int128Decl; 788} 789 790TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 791 if (!UInt128Decl) { 792 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 793 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 794 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 795 SourceLocation(), 796 SourceLocation(), 797 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 798 TInfo); 799 } 800 801 return UInt128Decl; 802} 803 804void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 805 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 806 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 807 Types.push_back(Ty); 808} 809 810void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 811 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 812 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 813 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 814 815 this->Target = &Target; 816 817 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 818 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 819 820 // C99 6.2.5p19. 821 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 822 823 // C99 6.2.5p2. 824 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 825 // C99 6.2.5p3. 826 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 827 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 828 else 829 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 830 // C99 6.2.5p4. 831 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 832 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 833 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 834 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 835 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 836 837 // C99 6.2.5p6. 838 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 839 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 840 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 841 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 842 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 843 844 // C99 6.2.5p10. 845 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 846 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 847 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 848 849 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 850 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 851 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 852 853 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 854 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 855 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 856 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 857 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 858 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 859 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 860 861 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 862 863 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 864 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 865 else // C99 866 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 867 868 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 869 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 870 else // C99 871 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 872 873 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 874 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 875 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 876 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 877 // expressions. 878 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 879 880 // Placeholder type for functions. 881 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 882 883 // Placeholder type for bound members. 884 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 885 886 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 887 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 888 889 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 890 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 891 892 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 893 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 894 895 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 896 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 897 898 // C99 6.2.5p11. 899 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 900 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 901 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 902 903 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 904 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 905 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 906 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 907 908 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 909 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 910 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 911 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 912 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 913 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 914 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 915 916 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 917 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 918 } 919 920 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 921 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 922 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 923 924 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 925 926 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 927 928 // void * type 929 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 930 931 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 932 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 933 934 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 935 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 936 937 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 938 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 939} 940 941DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 942 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 943} 944 945AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 946 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 947 if (!Result) { 948 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 949 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 950 } 951 952 return *Result; 953} 954 955/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 956void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 957 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 958 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 959 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 960 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 961 } 962} 963 964MemberSpecializationInfo * 965ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 966 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 967 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 968 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 969 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 970 return 0; 971 972 return Pos->second; 973} 974 975void 976ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 977 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 978 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 979 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 980 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 981 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 982 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 983 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 984 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 985} 986 987FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 988 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 989 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 990 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 991 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 992 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 993 return 0; 994 995 return Pos->second; 996} 997 998void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 999 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1000 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1001 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1002 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1003} 1004 1005NamedDecl * 1006ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1007 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1008 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1009 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1010 return 0; 1011 1012 return Pos->second; 1013} 1014 1015void 1016ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1017 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1018 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1019 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1020 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1021 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1022 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1023} 1024 1025UsingShadowDecl * 1026ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1027 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1028 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1029 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1030 return 0; 1031 1032 return Pos->second; 1033} 1034 1035void 1036ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1037 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1038 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1039 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1040} 1041 1042FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1043 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1044 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1045 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1046 return 0; 1047 1048 return Pos->second; 1049} 1050 1051void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1052 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1053 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1054 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1055 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1056 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1057 1058 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1059} 1060 1061bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1062 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1063 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1064 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1065} 1066 1067bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1072} 1073 1074bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1076 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1077 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1078 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1079} 1080 1081bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1082 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1083 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1084 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1085} 1086 1087bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1088 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1089 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1090 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1091} 1092 1093ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1094ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1095 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1096 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1097 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1098 return 0; 1099 1100 return Pos->second.begin(); 1101} 1102 1103ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1104ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1105 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1106 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1107 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1108 return 0; 1109 1110 return Pos->second.end(); 1111} 1112 1113unsigned 1114ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1115 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1116 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1117 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1118 return 0; 1119 1120 return Pos->second.size(); 1121} 1122 1123void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1124 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1125 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1126 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1127} 1128 1129void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1130 const NamedDecl *D, 1131 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1132 assert(D); 1133 1134 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1135 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1136 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1137 return; 1138 } 1139 1140 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1141 if (!Method) 1142 return; 1143 1144 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1145 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1146 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1147} 1148 1149void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1150 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1151 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1152 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1153 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1154 LastLocalImport = Import; 1155 return; 1156 } 1157 1158 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1159 LastLocalImport = Import; 1160} 1161 1162//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1163// Type Sizing and Analysis 1164//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1165 1166/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1167/// scalar floating point type. 1168const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1169 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1170 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1171 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1172 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1173 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1174 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1175 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1176 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1177 } 1178} 1179 1180/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1181/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1182/// this method will assert on them. 1183/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1184/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1185CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1186 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1187 1188 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1189 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1190 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1191 1192 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1193 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1194 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1195 // 1196 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1197 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1198 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1199 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1200 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1201 } else { 1202 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1203 } 1204 } 1205 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1206 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1207 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1208 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1209 1210 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1211 // else about the declaration and its type. 1212 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1213 // do nothing 1214 1215 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1216 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1217 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1218 if (RefAsPointee) 1219 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1220 else 1221 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1222 } 1223 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1224 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1225 // large-array alignment on the target. 1226 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1227 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1228 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1229 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1230 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1231 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1232 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1233 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1234 1235 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1236 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1237 } 1238 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1239 } 1240 1241 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1242 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1243 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1244 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1245 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1246 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1247 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1248 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1249 1250 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1251 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1252 1253 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1254 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1255 if (offset > 0) { 1256 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1257 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1258 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1259 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1260 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1261 } 1262 1263 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 1267 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1268} 1269 1270// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1271// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1272// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1273// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1274std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1275ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1276 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1277 1278 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1279 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1280 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1282 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1283 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1284 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1285 } 1286 } 1287 1288 return sizeAndAlign; 1289} 1290 1291std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1292ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1293 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1294 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1295 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1296} 1297 1298std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1299ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1300 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1301} 1302 1303std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1304 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1305 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1306 return it->second; 1307 1308 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1309 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1310 return Info; 1311} 1312 1313/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1314/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1315/// 1316/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1317/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1318/// should take a QualType, &c. 1319std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1320ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1321 uint64_t Width=0; 1322 unsigned Align=8; 1323 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1324#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1325#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1326#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1327#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1328#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1329 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1330 1331 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1332 case Type::FunctionProto: 1333 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1334 Width = 0; 1335 Align = 32; 1336 break; 1337 1338 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1339 case Type::VariableArray: 1340 Width = 0; 1341 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1342 break; 1343 1344 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1345 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1346 1347 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1348 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1349 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1350 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1351 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1352 Align = EltInfo.second; 1353 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1354 break; 1355 } 1356 case Type::ExtVector: 1357 case Type::Vector: { 1358 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1359 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1360 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1361 Align = Width; 1362 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1363 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1364 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1365 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1366 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1367 } 1368 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1369 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1370 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1371 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1372 break; 1373 } 1374 1375 case Type::Builtin: 1376 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1377 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1378 case BuiltinType::Void: 1379 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1380 Width = 0; 1381 Align = 8; 1382 break; 1383 1384 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1385 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1386 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1387 break; 1388 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1389 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1390 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1391 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1392 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1393 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1394 break; 1395 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1396 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1397 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1398 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1399 break; 1400 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1401 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1402 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1403 break; 1404 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1405 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1406 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1407 break; 1408 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1409 case BuiltinType::Short: 1410 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1411 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1412 break; 1413 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1414 case BuiltinType::Int: 1415 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1416 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1417 break; 1418 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1419 case BuiltinType::Long: 1420 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1421 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1422 break; 1423 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1424 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1425 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1426 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1427 break; 1428 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1429 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1430 Width = 128; 1431 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1432 break; 1433 case BuiltinType::Half: 1434 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1435 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1436 break; 1437 case BuiltinType::Float: 1438 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1439 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1440 break; 1441 case BuiltinType::Double: 1442 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1443 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1444 break; 1445 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1446 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1447 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1448 break; 1449 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1450 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1451 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1452 break; 1453 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1454 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1455 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1456 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1457 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1458 break; 1459 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1460 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1461 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1462 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1463 break; 1464 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1465 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1466 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1467 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1468 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1469 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1470 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1471 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1472 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1473 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1474 break; 1475 } 1476 break; 1477 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1478 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1479 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1480 break; 1481 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1482 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1483 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1484 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1485 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1486 break; 1487 } 1488 case Type::LValueReference: 1489 case Type::RValueReference: { 1490 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1491 // the pointer route. 1492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1493 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1494 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1495 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 case Type::Pointer: { 1499 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1500 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1501 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1502 break; 1503 } 1504 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1505 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1506 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1507 break; 1508 } 1509 case Type::Complex: { 1510 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1511 // size. 1512 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1513 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1514 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1515 Align = EltInfo.second; 1516 break; 1517 } 1518 case Type::ObjCObject: 1519 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1520 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1521 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1522 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1523 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1524 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1525 break; 1526 } 1527 case Type::Record: 1528 case Type::Enum: { 1529 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1530 1531 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1532 Width = 8; 1533 Align = 8; 1534 break; 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1538 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1539 1540 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1541 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1542 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1543 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1544 break; 1545 } 1546 1547 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1548 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1549 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1550 1551 case Type::Auto: { 1552 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1553 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1554 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1555 } 1556 1557 case Type::Paren: 1558 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1559 1560 case Type::Typedef: { 1561 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1562 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1563 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1564 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1565 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1566 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1567 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1568 Align = AttrAlign; 1569 else 1570 Align = Info.second; 1571 Width = Info.first; 1572 break; 1573 } 1574 1575 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1577 .getTypePtr()); 1578 1579 case Type::TypeOf: 1580 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1581 1582 case Type::Decltype: 1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1584 .getTypePtr()); 1585 1586 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1587 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1588 1589 case Type::Elaborated: 1590 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1591 1592 case Type::Attributed: 1593 return getTypeInfo( 1594 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1595 1596 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1597 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1598 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1599 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1600 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1601 // aligned attribute on it. 1602 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1603 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1604 else 1605 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1606 } 1607 1608 case Type::Atomic: { 1609 // Start with the base type information. 1610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1611 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1612 Width = Info.first; 1613 Align = Info.second; 1614 1615 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1616 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1617 // favorable to atomic operations: 1618 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1619 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1620 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1621 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1622 1623 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1624 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1625 } 1626 } 1627 1628 } 1629 1630 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1631 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1632} 1633 1634/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1635CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1636 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1637} 1638 1639/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1640int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1641 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1642} 1643 1644/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1645/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1646CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1647 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1648} 1649CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1650 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1651} 1652 1653/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1654/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1655CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1656 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1657} 1658CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1659 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1660} 1661 1662/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1663/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1664/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1665/// a data type. 1666unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1667 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1668 1669 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1670 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1671 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1672 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1673 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1674 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1675 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1676 1677 return ABIAlign; 1678} 1679 1680/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1681/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1682/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1683/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1684/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1685/// 1686void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1687 bool leafClass, 1688 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1689 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1690 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1691 if (!leafClass) { 1692 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1693 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1694 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1695 } else { 1696 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1697 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1698 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1699 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1700 } 1701} 1702 1703/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1704/// those inherited by it. 1705void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1706 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1707 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1708 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1709 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1710 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1711 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1712 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1713 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1714 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1715 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1716 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1717 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1718 } 1719 } 1720 1721 // Categories of this Interface. 1722 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1723 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1724 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1725 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1726 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1727 } 1728 1729 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1730 while (SD) { 1731 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1732 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1733 } 1734 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1735 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1736 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1737 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1738 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1739 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1740 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1741 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1742 } 1743 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1744 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1745 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1746 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1747 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1748 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1749 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1750 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1751 } 1752 } 1753} 1754 1755unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1756 unsigned count = 0; 1757 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1758 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1759 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1760 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1761 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1762 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1763 } 1764 1765 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1766 // includes synthesized ivars. 1767 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1768 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1769 1770 return count; 1771} 1772 1773bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1774 if (!E) 1775 return false; 1776 1777 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1778 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1779 1780 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1781 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1782 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1783 return true; 1784 1785 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1786 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1787 1788 return false; 1789} 1790 1791/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1792ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1793 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1794 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1795 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1796 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1797 return 0; 1798} 1799/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1800ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1801 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1802 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1803 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1804 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1805 return 0; 1806} 1807 1808/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1809void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1810 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1811 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1812 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1813} 1814/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1815void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1816 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1817 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1818 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1819} 1820 1821const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1822 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1823 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1824 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1825 return ID; 1826 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1827 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1828 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1829 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1830 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1831 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1832 1833 return 0; 1834} 1835 1836/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1837/// none exists. 1838Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1839 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1840 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1841 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1842 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1843 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1844 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1845} 1846 1847/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1848void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1849 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1850 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1851 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1852 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1853} 1854 1855TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1856 unsigned DataSize) const { 1857 if (!DataSize) 1858 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1859 else 1860 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1861 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1862 1863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1864 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1865 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1866 return TInfo; 1867} 1868 1869TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1870 SourceLocation L) const { 1871 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1872 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1873 return DI; 1874} 1875 1876const ASTRecordLayout & 1877ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1878 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1879} 1880 1881const ASTRecordLayout & 1882ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1883 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1884 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1885} 1886 1887//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1888// Type creation/memoization methods 1889//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1890 1891QualType 1892ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1893 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1894 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1895 1896 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1897 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1898 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1899 void *insertPos = 0; 1900 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1901 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1902 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1903 } 1904 1905 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1906 QualType canon; 1907 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1908 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1909 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1910 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1911 1912 // Re-find the insert position. 1913 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1914 } 1915 1916 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1917 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1918 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1919} 1920 1921QualType 1922ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1923 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1924 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1925 return T; 1926 1927 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1928 // into one ExtQuals node. 1929 QualifierCollector Quals; 1930 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1931 1932 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1933 // another one. 1934 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1935 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1936 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1937 1938 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1939} 1940 1941QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1942 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1943 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1944 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1945 return T; 1946 1947 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1948 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1949 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1950 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1951 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1952 } 1953 } 1954 1955 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1956 // into one ExtQuals node. 1957 QualifierCollector Quals; 1958 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1959 1960 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1961 // another one. 1962 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1963 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1964 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1965 1966 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1967} 1968 1969const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1970 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1971 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1972 return T; 1973 1974 QualType Result; 1975 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1976 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1977 } else { 1978 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1979 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1980 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1981 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 1982 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1983 FPT->getNumArgs()), 1984 EPI); 1985 } 1986 1987 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1988} 1989 1990/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1991/// number with the specified element type. 1992QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1993 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1994 // structure. 1995 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1996 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1997 1998 void *InsertPos = 0; 1999 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2000 return QualType(CT, 0); 2001 2002 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2003 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2004 QualType Canonical; 2005 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2006 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2007 2008 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2009 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2010 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2011 } 2012 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2013 Types.push_back(New); 2014 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2015 return QualType(New, 0); 2016} 2017 2018/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2019/// the specified type. 2020QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2021 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2022 // structure. 2023 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2024 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2025 2026 void *InsertPos = 0; 2027 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2028 return QualType(PT, 0); 2029 2030 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2031 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2032 QualType Canonical; 2033 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2034 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2035 2036 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2037 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2038 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2039 } 2040 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2041 Types.push_back(New); 2042 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2043 return QualType(New, 0); 2044} 2045 2046/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2047/// a pointer to the specified block. 2048QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2049 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2050 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2051 // structure. 2052 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2053 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2054 2055 void *InsertPos = 0; 2056 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2057 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2058 return QualType(PT, 0); 2059 2060 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2061 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2062 QualType Canonical; 2063 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2064 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2065 2066 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2067 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2068 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2069 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2070 } 2071 BlockPointerType *New 2072 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2073 Types.push_back(New); 2074 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2075 return QualType(New, 0); 2076} 2077 2078/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2079/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2080QualType 2081ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2082 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2083 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2084 2085 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2086 // structure. 2087 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2088 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2089 2090 void *InsertPos = 0; 2091 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2092 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2093 return QualType(RT, 0); 2094 2095 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2096 2097 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2098 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2099 QualType Canonical; 2100 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2101 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2102 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2103 2104 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2105 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2106 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2107 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2108 } 2109 2110 LValueReferenceType *New 2111 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2112 SpelledAsLValue); 2113 Types.push_back(New); 2114 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2115 2116 return QualType(New, 0); 2117} 2118 2119/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2120/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2121QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2122 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2123 // structure. 2124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2125 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2126 2127 void *InsertPos = 0; 2128 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2129 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2130 return QualType(RT, 0); 2131 2132 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2133 2134 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2135 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2136 QualType Canonical; 2137 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2138 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2139 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2140 2141 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2142 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2143 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2144 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2145 } 2146 2147 RValueReferenceType *New 2148 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2149 Types.push_back(New); 2150 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2151 return QualType(New, 0); 2152} 2153 2154/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2155/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2156QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2157 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2158 // structure. 2159 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2160 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2161 2162 void *InsertPos = 0; 2163 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2164 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2165 return QualType(PT, 0); 2166 2167 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2168 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2169 QualType Canonical; 2170 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2171 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2172 2173 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2174 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2175 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2176 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2177 } 2178 MemberPointerType *New 2179 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2180 Types.push_back(New); 2181 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2182 return QualType(New, 0); 2183} 2184 2185/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2186/// array of the specified element type. 2187QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2188 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2189 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2190 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2191 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2192 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2193 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2194 2195 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2196 // the target. 2197 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2198 ArySize = 2199 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2200 2201 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2202 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2203 2204 void *InsertPos = 0; 2205 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2206 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2207 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2208 2209 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2210 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2211 QualType Canon; 2212 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2213 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2214 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2215 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2216 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2217 2218 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2219 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2220 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2221 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2222 } 2223 2224 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2225 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2226 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2227 Types.push_back(New); 2228 return QualType(New, 0); 2229} 2230 2231/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2232/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2233/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2234QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2235 // Vastly most common case. 2236 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2237 2238 QualType result; 2239 2240 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2241 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2242 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2243#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2244#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2245#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2246#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2247 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2248 2249 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2250 case Type::Builtin: 2251 case Type::Complex: 2252 case Type::Vector: 2253 case Type::ExtVector: 2254 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2255 case Type::ObjCObject: 2256 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2257 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2258 case Type::Record: 2259 case Type::Enum: 2260 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2261 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2262 case Type::TypeOf: 2263 case Type::Decltype: 2264 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2265 case Type::DependentName: 2266 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2267 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2268 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2269 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2270 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2271 case Type::Auto: 2272 case Type::PackExpansion: 2273 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2274 2275 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2276 // further decay. 2277 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2278 case Type::FunctionProto: 2279 case Type::BlockPointer: 2280 case Type::MemberPointer: 2281 return type; 2282 2283 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2284 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2285 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2286 // optimizations available here. 2287 case Type::Pointer: 2288 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2289 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2290 break; 2291 2292 case Type::LValueReference: { 2293 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2294 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2295 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2296 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2297 break; 2298 } 2299 2300 case Type::RValueReference: { 2301 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2302 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2303 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2304 break; 2305 } 2306 2307 case Type::Atomic: { 2308 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2309 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2310 break; 2311 } 2312 2313 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2314 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2315 result = getConstantArrayType( 2316 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2317 cat->getSize(), 2318 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2319 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2320 break; 2321 } 2322 2323 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2324 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2325 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2326 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2327 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2328 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2329 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2330 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2331 break; 2332 } 2333 2334 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2335 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2336 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2337 result = getVariableArrayType( 2338 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2339 /*size*/ 0, 2340 ArrayType::Normal, 2341 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2342 SourceRange()); 2343 break; 2344 } 2345 2346 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2347 case Type::VariableArray: { 2348 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2349 result = getVariableArrayType( 2350 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2351 /*size*/ 0, 2352 ArrayType::Star, 2353 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2354 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2355 break; 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2360 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2361} 2362 2363/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2364/// variable array of the specified element type. 2365QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2366 Expr *NumElts, 2367 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2368 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2369 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2370 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2371 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2372 QualType Canon; 2373 2374 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2375 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2376 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2377 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2378 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2379 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2380 } 2381 2382 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2383 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2384 2385 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2386 Types.push_back(New); 2387 return QualType(New, 0); 2388} 2389 2390/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2391/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2392/// type. 2393QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2394 Expr *numElements, 2395 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2396 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2397 SourceRange brackets) const { 2398 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2399 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2400 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2401 2402 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2403 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2404 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2405 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2406 if (!numElements) { 2407 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2408 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2409 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2410 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2411 brackets); 2412 Types.push_back(newType); 2413 return QualType(newType, 0); 2414 } 2415 2416 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2417 // also build a canonical type. 2418 2419 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2420 2421 void *insertPos = 0; 2422 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2423 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2424 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2425 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2426 2427 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2428 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2429 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2430 2431 // If we don't have one, build one. 2432 if (!canonTy) { 2433 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2434 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2435 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2436 brackets); 2437 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2438 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2439 } 2440 2441 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2442 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2443 canonElementType.Quals); 2444 2445 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2446 // then just use that as our result. 2447 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2448 return canon; 2449 2450 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2451 // of the element type. 2452 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2453 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2454 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2455 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2456 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2457 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2458} 2459 2460QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2461 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2462 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2463 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2464 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2465 2466 void *insertPos = 0; 2467 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2468 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2469 return QualType(iat, 0); 2470 2471 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2472 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2473 // qualifiers off the element type. 2474 QualType canon; 2475 2476 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2477 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2478 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2479 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2480 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2481 2482 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2483 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2484 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2485 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2486 } 2487 2488 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2489 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2490 2491 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2492 Types.push_back(newType); 2493 return QualType(newType, 0); 2494} 2495 2496/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2497/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2498QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2499 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2500 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2501 2502 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2503 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2504 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2505 2506 void *InsertPos = 0; 2507 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2508 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2509 2510 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2511 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2512 QualType Canonical; 2513 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2514 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2515 2516 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2517 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2518 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2519 } 2520 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2521 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2522 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2523 Types.push_back(New); 2524 return QualType(New, 0); 2525} 2526 2527/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2528/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2529QualType 2530ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2531 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2532 2533 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2535 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2536 VectorType::GenericVector); 2537 void *InsertPos = 0; 2538 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2539 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2540 2541 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2542 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2543 QualType Canonical; 2544 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2545 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2546 2547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2548 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2550 } 2551 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2552 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2553 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2554 Types.push_back(New); 2555 return QualType(New, 0); 2556} 2557 2558QualType 2559ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2560 Expr *SizeExpr, 2561 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2563 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2564 SizeExpr); 2565 2566 void *InsertPos = 0; 2567 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2568 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2569 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2570 if (Canon) { 2571 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2572 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2573 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2574 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2575 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2576 } else { 2577 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2578 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2579 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2580 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2581 AttrLoc); 2582 2583 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2584 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2585 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2586 (void)CanonCheck; 2587 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2588 } else { 2589 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2590 SourceLocation()); 2591 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2592 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2593 } 2594 } 2595 2596 Types.push_back(New); 2597 return QualType(New, 0); 2598} 2599 2600/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2601/// 2602QualType 2603ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2604 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2605 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2606 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2607 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2608 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2609 // structure. 2610 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2611 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2612 2613 void *InsertPos = 0; 2614 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2615 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2616 return QualType(FT, 0); 2617 2618 QualType Canonical; 2619 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2620 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2621 Canonical = 2622 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2623 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2624 2625 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2626 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2627 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2629 } 2630 2631 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2632 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2633 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2634 Types.push_back(New); 2635 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2636 return QualType(New, 0); 2637} 2638 2639/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2640static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2641 return T.isCanonical() && 2642 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2643 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2644} 2645 2646/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2647/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2648QualType 2649ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2650 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2651 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2652 2653 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2654 // structure. 2655 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2656 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2657 *this); 2658 2659 void *InsertPos = 0; 2660 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2661 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2662 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2663 2664 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2665 bool isCanonical = 2666 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2667 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2668 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2669 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2670 isCanonical = false; 2671 2672 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2673 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2674 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2675 2676 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2677 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2678 QualType Canonical; 2679 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2680 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2681 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2683 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2684 2685 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2686 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2687 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2688 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2689 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2690 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2691 2692 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2693 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2694 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2695 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2696 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2697 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2698 } 2699 2700 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2701 2702 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2703 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2704 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2705 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2706 } 2707 2708 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2709 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2710 // - parameter types 2711 // - exception types 2712 // - consumed-arguments flags 2713 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2714 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2715 // specification. 2716 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2717 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2718 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2719 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2720 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2721 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2722 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2723 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2724 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2725 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2726 } 2727 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2728 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2729 2730 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2731 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2732 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2733 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2734 Types.push_back(FTP); 2735 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2736 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2737} 2738 2739#ifndef NDEBUG 2740static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2741 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2742 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2743 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2744 return true; 2745 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2746 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2747 return true; 2748 return false; 2749} 2750#endif 2751 2752/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2753/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2754QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2755 QualType TST) const { 2756 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2757 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2758 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2759 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2760 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2761 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2762 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2763 } else { 2764 Type *newType = 2765 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2766 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2767 Types.push_back(newType); 2768 } 2769 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2770} 2771 2772/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2773/// specified type declaration. 2774QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2775 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2776 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2777 2778 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2779 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2780 2781 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2782 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2783 2784 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2785 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2786 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2787 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2788 return getRecordType(Record); 2789 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2790 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2791 "enum has previous declaration"); 2792 return getEnumType(Enum); 2793 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2794 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2795 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2796 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2797 Types.push_back(newType); 2798 } else 2799 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2800 2801 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2802} 2803 2804/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2805/// specified typedef name decl. 2806QualType 2807ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2808 QualType Canonical) const { 2809 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2810 2811 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2812 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2813 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2814 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2815 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2816 Types.push_back(newType); 2817 return QualType(newType, 0); 2818} 2819 2820QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2821 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2822 2823 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2824 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2825 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2826 2827 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2828 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2829 Types.push_back(newType); 2830 return QualType(newType, 0); 2831} 2832 2833QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2834 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2835 2836 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2837 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2838 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2839 2840 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2841 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2842 Types.push_back(newType); 2843 return QualType(newType, 0); 2844} 2845 2846QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2847 QualType modifiedType, 2848 QualType equivalentType) { 2849 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2850 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2851 2852 void *insertPos = 0; 2853 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2854 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2855 2856 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2857 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2858 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2859 2860 Types.push_back(type); 2861 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2862 2863 return QualType(type, 0); 2864} 2865 2866 2867/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2868QualType 2869ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2870 QualType Replacement) const { 2871 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2872 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2873 2874 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2875 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2876 void *InsertPos = 0; 2877 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2878 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2879 2880 if (!SubstParm) { 2881 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2882 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2883 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2884 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2885 } 2886 2887 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2888} 2889 2890/// \brief Retrieve a 2891QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2892 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2893 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2894#ifndef NDEBUG 2895 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2896 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2897 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2898 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2899 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2900 } 2901#endif 2902 2903 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2904 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2905 void *InsertPos = 0; 2906 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2907 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2908 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2909 2910 QualType Canon; 2911 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2912 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2913 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2914 ArgPack); 2915 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2916 } 2917 2918 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2919 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2920 ArgPack); 2921 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2922 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2923 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2924} 2925 2926/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2927/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2928/// name. 2929QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2930 bool ParameterPack, 2931 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2932 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2933 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2934 void *InsertPos = 0; 2935 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2936 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2937 2938 if (TypeParm) 2939 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2940 2941 if (TTPDecl) { 2942 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2943 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2944 2945 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2946 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2947 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2948 (void)TypeCheck; 2949 } else 2950 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2951 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2952 2953 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2954 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2955 2956 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2957} 2958 2959TypeSourceInfo * 2960ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2961 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2962 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2963 QualType Underlying) const { 2964 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2965 "No dependent template names here!"); 2966 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2967 2968 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2969 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 2970 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 2971 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2972 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2973 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2974 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2975 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2976 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2977 return DI; 2978} 2979 2980QualType 2981ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2982 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2983 QualType Underlying) const { 2984 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2985 "No dependent template names here!"); 2986 2987 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2988 2989 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2990 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2991 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2992 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2993 2994 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2995 Underlying); 2996} 2997 2998#ifndef NDEBUG 2999static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3000 unsigned NumArgs) { 3001 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3002 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3003 return true; 3004 3005 return true; 3006} 3007#endif 3008 3009QualType 3010ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3011 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3012 unsigned NumArgs, 3013 QualType Underlying) const { 3014 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3015 "No dependent template names here!"); 3016 // Look through qualified template names. 3017 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3018 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3019 3020 bool IsTypeAlias = 3021 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3022 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3023 QualType CanonType; 3024 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3025 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3026 else { 3027 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3028 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3029 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3030 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3031 IsTypeAlias = false; 3032 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3033 NumArgs); 3034 } 3035 3036 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3037 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3038 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3039 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3040 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3041 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3042 TypeAlignment); 3043 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3044 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3045 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3046 3047 Types.push_back(Spec); 3048 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3049} 3050 3051QualType 3052ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3053 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3054 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3055 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3056 "No dependent template names here!"); 3057 3058 // Look through qualified template names. 3059 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3060 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3061 3062 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3063 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3064 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3065 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3066 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3067 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3068 3069 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3070 // exists. 3071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3072 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3073 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3074 3075 void *InsertPos = 0; 3076 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3077 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3078 3079 if (!Spec) { 3080 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3081 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3082 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3083 TypeAlignment); 3084 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3085 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3086 QualType(), QualType()); 3087 Types.push_back(Spec); 3088 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3089 } 3090 3091 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3092 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3093 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3094} 3095 3096QualType 3097ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3098 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3099 QualType NamedType) const { 3100 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3101 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3102 3103 void *InsertPos = 0; 3104 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3105 if (T) 3106 return QualType(T, 0); 3107 3108 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3109 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3110 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3111 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3112 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3113 (void)CheckT; 3114 } 3115 3116 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3117 Types.push_back(T); 3118 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3119 return QualType(T, 0); 3120} 3121 3122QualType 3123ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3125 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3126 3127 void *InsertPos = 0; 3128 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3129 if (T) 3130 return QualType(T, 0); 3131 3132 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3133 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3134 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3135 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3136 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3137 (void)CheckT; 3138 } 3139 3140 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3141 Types.push_back(T); 3142 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3143 return QualType(T, 0); 3144} 3145 3146QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3147 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3148 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3149 QualType Canon) const { 3150 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3151 3152 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3153 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3154 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3155 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3156 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3157 3158 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3159 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3160 } 3161 3162 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3163 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3164 3165 void *InsertPos = 0; 3166 DependentNameType *T 3167 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3168 if (T) 3169 return QualType(T, 0); 3170 3171 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3172 Types.push_back(T); 3173 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3174 return QualType(T, 0); 3175} 3176 3177QualType 3178ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3179 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3180 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3181 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3182 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3183 // TODO: avoid this copy 3184 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3185 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3186 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3187 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3188 ArgCopy.size(), 3189 ArgCopy.data()); 3190} 3191 3192QualType 3193ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3194 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3195 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3196 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3197 unsigned NumArgs, 3198 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3199 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3200 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3201 3202 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3203 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3204 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3205 3206 void *InsertPos = 0; 3207 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3208 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3209 if (T) 3210 return QualType(T, 0); 3211 3212 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3213 3214 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3215 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3216 3217 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3218 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3219 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3220 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3221 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3222 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3223 } 3224 3225 QualType Canon; 3226 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3227 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3228 Name, NumArgs, 3229 CanonArgs.data()); 3230 3231 // Find the insert position again. 3232 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3233 } 3234 3235 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3236 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3237 TypeAlignment); 3238 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3239 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3240 Types.push_back(T); 3241 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3242 return QualType(T, 0); 3243} 3244 3245QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3246 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3247 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3248 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3249 3250 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3251 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3252 void *InsertPos = 0; 3253 PackExpansionType *T 3254 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3255 if (T) 3256 return QualType(T, 0); 3257 3258 QualType Canon; 3259 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3260 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3261 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3262 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3263 // parameters. 3264 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3265 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3266 3267 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3268 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3269 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3270 } 3271 } 3272 3273 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3274 Types.push_back(T); 3275 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3276 return QualType(T, 0); 3277} 3278 3279/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3280/// alphabetically. 3281static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3282 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3283 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3284} 3285 3286static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3287 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3288 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3289 3290 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3291 return false; 3292 3293 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3294 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3295 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3296 return false; 3297 return true; 3298} 3299 3300static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3301 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3302 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3303 3304 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3305 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3306 3307 // Canonicalize. 3308 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3309 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3310 3311 // Remove duplicates. 3312 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3313 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3314} 3315 3316QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3317 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3318 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3319 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3320 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3321 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3322 return BaseType; 3323 3324 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3325 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3326 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3327 void *InsertPos = 0; 3328 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3329 return QualType(QT, 0); 3330 3331 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3332 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3333 QualType Canonical; 3334 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3335 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3336 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3337 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3338 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3339 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3340 3341 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3342 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3343 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3344 } else { 3345 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3346 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3347 } 3348 3349 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3350 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3351 } 3352 3353 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3354 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3355 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3356 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3357 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3358 3359 Types.push_back(T); 3360 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3361 return QualType(T, 0); 3362} 3363 3364/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3365/// the given object type. 3366QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3368 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3369 3370 void *InsertPos = 0; 3371 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3372 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3373 return QualType(QT, 0); 3374 3375 // Find the canonical object type. 3376 QualType Canonical; 3377 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3378 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3379 3380 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3381 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3382 } 3383 3384 // No match. 3385 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3386 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3387 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3388 3389 Types.push_back(QType); 3390 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3391 return QualType(QType, 0); 3392} 3393 3394/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3395/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3396QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3398 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3399 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3400 3401 if (PrevDecl) { 3402 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3403 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3404 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3405 } 3406 3407 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3408 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3409 Decl = Def; 3410 3411 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3412 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3413 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3414 Types.push_back(T); 3415 return QualType(T, 0); 3416} 3417 3418/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3419/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3420/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3421/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3422/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3423QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3424 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3425 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3427 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3428 3429 void *InsertPos = 0; 3430 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3431 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3432 if (Canon) { 3433 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3434 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3435 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3436 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3437 } else { 3438 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3439 Canon 3440 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3441 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3442 toe = Canon; 3443 } 3444 } else { 3445 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3446 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3447 } 3448 Types.push_back(toe); 3449 return QualType(toe, 0); 3450} 3451 3452/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3453/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3454/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3455/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3456/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3457QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3458 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3459 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3460 Types.push_back(tot); 3461 return QualType(tot, 0); 3462} 3463 3464 3465/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3466/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3467/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3468/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3469/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3470QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3471 DecltypeType *dt; 3472 3473 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3474 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3475 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3476 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3477 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3478 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3479 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3480 3481 void *InsertPos = 0; 3482 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3483 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3484 if (Canon) { 3485 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3486 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3487 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3488 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3489 } else { 3490 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3491 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3492 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3493 dt = Canon; 3494 } 3495 } else { 3496 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3497 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3498 } 3499 Types.push_back(dt); 3500 return QualType(dt, 0); 3501} 3502 3503/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3504/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3505QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3506 QualType UnderlyingType, 3507 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3508 const { 3509 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3510 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3511 Kind, 3512 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3513 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3514 Types.push_back(Ty); 3515 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3516} 3517 3518/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3519QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, 3520 bool IsDecltypeAuto) const { 3521 void *InsertPos = 0; 3522 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3523 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3524 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3525 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto); 3526 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3527 return QualType(AT, 0); 3528 } 3529 3530 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3531 IsDecltypeAuto); 3532 Types.push_back(AT); 3533 if (InsertPos) 3534 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3535 return QualType(AT, 0); 3536} 3537 3538/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3539/// the given value type. 3540QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3541 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3542 // structure. 3543 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3544 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3545 3546 void *InsertPos = 0; 3547 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3548 return QualType(AT, 0); 3549 3550 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3551 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3552 QualType Canonical; 3553 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3554 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3555 3556 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3557 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3558 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3559 } 3560 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3561 Types.push_back(New); 3562 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3563 return QualType(New, 0); 3564} 3565 3566/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3567QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3568 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3569 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType(), false); 3570 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3571 return AutoDeductTy; 3572} 3573 3574/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3575QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3576 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3577 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3578 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3579 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3580} 3581 3582/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3583/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3584QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3585 assert (Decl); 3586 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3587 // away const? mutable? 3588 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3589} 3590 3591/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3592/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3593/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3594CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3595 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3596} 3597 3598/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3599CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3600 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3601} 3602 3603/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3604CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3605 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3606} 3607 3608/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3609/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3610QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3611 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3612 return WCharTy; 3613} 3614 3615/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3616/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3617QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3618 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3619 return UnsignedIntTy; 3620} 3621 3622QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3623 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3624} 3625 3626QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3627 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3628} 3629 3630/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3631/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3632QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3633 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3634} 3635 3636/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3637/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3638QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3639 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3640} 3641 3642//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3643// Type Operators 3644//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3645 3646CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3647 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3648 // qualifiers. 3649 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3650 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3651 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3652 QualType Result; 3653 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3654 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3655 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3656 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3657 } else { 3658 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3659 } 3660 3661 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3662} 3663 3664QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3665 Qualifiers &quals) { 3666 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3667 3668 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3669 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3670 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3671 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3672 const ArrayType *AT = 3673 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3674 3675 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3676 if (!AT) { 3677 quals = splitType.Quals; 3678 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3679 } 3680 3681 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3682 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3683 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3684 3685 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3686 // can just use the results in splitType. 3687 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3688 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3689 quals = splitType.Quals; 3690 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3691 } 3692 3693 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3694 // build the type back up. 3695 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3696 3697 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3698 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3699 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3700 } 3701 3702 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3703 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3704 } 3705 3706 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3707 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3708 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3709 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3710 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3711 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3712 } 3713 3714 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3715 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3716 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3717 SourceRange()); 3718} 3719 3720/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3721/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3722/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3723/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3724/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3725/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3726/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3727/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3728bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3729 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3730 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3731 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3732 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3733 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3734 return true; 3735 } 3736 3737 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3738 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3739 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3740 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3741 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3742 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3743 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3744 return true; 3745 } 3746 3747 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3748 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3749 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3750 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3751 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3752 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3753 return true; 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3758 3759 return false; 3760} 3761 3762DeclarationNameInfo 3763ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3764 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3765 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3766 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3767 case TemplateName::Template: 3768 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3769 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3770 NameLoc); 3771 3772 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3773 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3774 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3775 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3776 } 3777 3778 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3779 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3780 DeclarationName DName; 3781 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3782 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3783 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3784 } else { 3785 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3786 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3787 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3788 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3789 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3790 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3791 } 3792 } 3793 3794 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3795 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3796 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3797 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3798 NameLoc); 3799 } 3800 3801 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3802 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3803 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3804 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3805 NameLoc); 3806 } 3807 } 3808 3809 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3810} 3811 3812TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3813 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3814 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3815 case TemplateName::Template: { 3816 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3817 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3818 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3819 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3820 3821 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3822 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3823 } 3824 3825 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3826 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3827 3828 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3829 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3830 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3831 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3832 } 3833 3834 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3835 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3836 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3837 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3838 } 3839 3840 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3841 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3842 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3843 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3844 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3845 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3846 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3847 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3848 } 3849 } 3850 3851 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3852} 3853 3854bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3855 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3856 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3857 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3858} 3859 3860TemplateArgument 3861ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3862 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3863 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3864 return Arg; 3865 3866 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3867 return Arg; 3868 3869 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3870 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3871 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3872 } 3873 3874 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3875 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3876 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3877 3878 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3879 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3880 3881 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3882 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3883 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3884 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3885 3886 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3887 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3888 3889 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3890 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3891 3892 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3893 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3894 return Arg; 3895 3896 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3897 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3898 unsigned Idx = 0; 3899 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3900 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3901 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3902 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3903 3904 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3905 } 3906 } 3907 3908 // Silence GCC warning 3909 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3910} 3911 3912NestedNameSpecifier * 3913ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3914 if (!NNS) 3915 return 0; 3916 3917 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3918 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3919 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3920 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3921 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3922 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3923 3924 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3925 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3926 // this namespace and no prefix. 3927 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3928 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3929 3930 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3931 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3932 // this namespace and no prefix. 3933 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3934 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3935 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3936 3937 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3938 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3939 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3940 3941 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3942 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3943 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3944 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3945 // types, e.g., 3946 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3947 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3948 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3949 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3950 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3951 3952 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3953 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3954 // first place? 3955 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3956 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3957 } 3958 3959 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3960 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3961 return NNS; 3962 } 3963 3964 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3965} 3966 3967 3968const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3969 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3970 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3971 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3972 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3973 return AT; 3974 } 3975 3976 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3977 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3978 return 0; 3979 3980 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3981 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3982 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3983 3984 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3985 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3986 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3987 3988 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3989 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3990 3991 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3992 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3993 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3994 return ATy; 3995 3996 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3997 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3998 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3999 4000 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4001 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4002 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4003 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4004 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4005 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4006 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4007 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4008 4009 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4010 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4011 return cast<ArrayType>( 4012 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4013 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4014 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4015 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4016 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4017 4018 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4019 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4020 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4021 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4022 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4023 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4024} 4025 4026QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4027 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4028 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4029 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4030 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4031 // the array type derivation. 4032 if (T->isArrayType()) 4033 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4034 4035 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4036 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4037 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4038 // in 6.3.2.1. 4039 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4040 return getPointerType(T); 4041 4042 return T; 4043} 4044 4045QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4046 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4047 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4048 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4049} 4050 4051/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4052/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4053/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4054/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4055/// 4056/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4057QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4058 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4059 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4060 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4061 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4062 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4063 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4064 4065 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4066 4067 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4068 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4069} 4070 4071QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4072 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4073} 4074 4075QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4076 Qualifiers qs; 4077 while (true) { 4078 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4079 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4080 if (!array) break; 4081 4082 type = array->getElementType(); 4083 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4084 } 4085 4086 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4087} 4088 4089/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4090uint64_t 4091ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4092 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4093 do { 4094 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4095 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4096 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4097 } while (CA); 4098 return ElementCount; 4099} 4100 4101/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4102/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4103static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4104 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4105 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4106 4107 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4108 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4109 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4110 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4111 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4112 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4113 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4114 } 4115} 4116 4117/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4118/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4119/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4120/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4121QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4122 QualType Domain) const { 4123 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4124 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4125 switch (EltRank) { 4126 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4127 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4128 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4129 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4130 } 4131 } 4132 4133 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4134 switch (EltRank) { 4135 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4136 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4137 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4138 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4139 } 4140 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4141} 4142 4143/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4144/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4145/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4146/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4147int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4148 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4149 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4150 4151 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4152 return 0; 4153 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4154 return 1; 4155 return -1; 4156} 4157 4158/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4159/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4160/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4161unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4162 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4163 4164 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4165 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4166 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4167 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4168 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4169 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4170 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4171 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4172 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4173 case BuiltinType::Short: 4174 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4175 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4176 case BuiltinType::Int: 4177 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4178 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4179 case BuiltinType::Long: 4180 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4181 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4182 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4183 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4184 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4185 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4186 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4187 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4188 } 4189} 4190 4191/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4192/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4193/// 4194/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4195/// promotion occurs. 4196QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4197 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4198 return QualType(); 4199 4200 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4201 if (!Field) 4202 return QualType(); 4203 4204 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4205 4206 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4207 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4208 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4209 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4210 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4211 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4212 return IntTy; 4213 4214 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4215 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4216 4217 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4218 // like the base type. 4219 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4220 // is ridiculous. 4221 return QualType(); 4222} 4223 4224/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4225/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4226/// integer type. 4227QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4228 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4229 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4230 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4231 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4232 4233 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4234 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4235 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4236 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4237 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4238 // unsigned long long int [...] 4239 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4240 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4241 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4242 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4243 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4244 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4245 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4246 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4247 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4248 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4249 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4250 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4251 (FromSize == ToSize && 4252 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4253 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4254 } 4255 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4256 } 4257 } 4258 4259 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4260 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4261 return IntTy; 4262 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4263 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4264 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4265 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4266} 4267 4268/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4269/// type and returns its ownership. 4270Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4271 while (!T.isNull()) { 4272 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4273 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4274 if (T->isArrayType()) 4275 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4276 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4277 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4278 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4279 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4280 else 4281 break; 4282 } 4283 4284 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4285} 4286 4287/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4288/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4289/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4290int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4291 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4292 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4293 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4294 4295 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4296 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4297 4298 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4299 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4300 4301 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4302 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4303 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4304 } 4305 4306 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4307 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4308 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4309 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4310 return 1; 4311 4312 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4313 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4314 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4315 return -1; 4316 } 4317 4318 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4319 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4320 return -1; 4321 4322 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4323 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4324 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4325 return 1; 4326} 4327 4328static RecordDecl * 4329CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4330 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4331 SourceLocation Loc; 4332 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4333 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4334 else 4335 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4336} 4337 4338// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4339QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4340 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4341 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4342 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4343 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4344 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4345 4346 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4347 4348 // const int *isa; 4349 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4350 // int flags; 4351 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4352 // const char *str; 4353 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4354 // long length; 4355 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4356 4357 // Create fields 4358 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4359 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4360 SourceLocation(), 4361 SourceLocation(), 0, 4362 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4363 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4364 /*Mutable=*/false, 4365 ICIS_NoInit); 4366 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4367 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4368 } 4369 4370 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4371 } 4372 4373 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4374} 4375 4376QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4377 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4378 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4379 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4380 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4381 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4382 } 4383 return ObjCSuperType; 4384} 4385 4386void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4387 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4388 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4389 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4390} 4391 4392QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4393 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4394 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4395 4396 RecordDecl *T; 4397 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4398 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4399 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4400 T->startDefinition(); 4401 4402 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4403 UnsignedLongTy, 4404 UnsignedLongTy, 4405 }; 4406 4407 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4408 "reserved", 4409 "Size" 4410 }; 4411 4412 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4413 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4414 SourceLocation(), 4415 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4416 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4417 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4418 /*Mutable=*/false, 4419 ICIS_NoInit); 4420 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4421 T->addDecl(Field); 4422 } 4423 4424 T->completeDefinition(); 4425 4426 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4427 4428 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4429} 4430 4431QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4432 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4433 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4434 4435 RecordDecl *T; 4436 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4437 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4438 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4439 T->startDefinition(); 4440 4441 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4442 UnsignedLongTy, 4443 UnsignedLongTy, 4444 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4445 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4446 }; 4447 4448 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4449 "reserved", 4450 "Size", 4451 "CopyFuncPtr", 4452 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4453 }; 4454 4455 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4456 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4457 SourceLocation(), 4458 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4459 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4460 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4461 /*Mutable=*/false, 4462 ICIS_NoInit); 4463 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4464 T->addDecl(Field); 4465 } 4466 4467 T->completeDefinition(); 4468 4469 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4470 4471 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4472} 4473 4474/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4475/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4476/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4477bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4478 const VarDecl *D) { 4479 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4480 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4481 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4482 4483 return true; 4484 } 4485 4486 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4487 4488 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4489 4490 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4491 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4492 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4493 4494 switch (lifetime) { 4495 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4496 4497 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4498 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4499 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4500 return false; 4501 4502 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4503 // byref routines. 4504 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4505 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4506 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4507 return true; 4508 } 4509 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4510 } 4511 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4512 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4513} 4514 4515bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4516 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4517 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4518 4519 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4520 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4521 return false; 4522 4523 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4524 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4525 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4526 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4527 } 4528 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4529 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4530 // MRR. 4531 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4532 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4533 else 4534 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4535 return true; 4536} 4537 4538TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4539 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4540 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4541 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4542 SourceLocation(), 4543 SourceLocation(), 4544 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4545 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4546 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4547} 4548 4549// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4550// typedef <type> BOOL; 4551static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4552 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4553 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4554 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4555 4556 return false; 4557} 4558 4559/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4560/// purpose. 4561CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4562 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4563 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4564 4565 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4566 4567 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4568 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4569 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4570 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4571 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4572 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4573 return sz; 4574} 4575 4576static inline 4577std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4578 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4579} 4580 4581/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4582/// declaration. 4583std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4584 std::string S; 4585 4586 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4587 QualType BlockTy = 4588 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4589 // Encode result type. 4590 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4591 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4592 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4593 S, true /*Extended*/); 4594 else 4595 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4596 S); 4597 // Compute size of all parameters. 4598 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4599 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4600 SourceLocation Loc; 4601 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4602 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4603 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4604 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4605 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4606 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4607 if (sz.isZero()) 4608 continue; 4609 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4610 ParmOffset += sz; 4611 } 4612 // Size of the argument frame 4613 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4614 // Block pointer and offset. 4615 S += "@?0"; 4616 4617 // Argument types. 4618 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4619 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4620 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4621 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4622 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4623 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4624 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4625 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4626 // elements. 4627 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4628 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4629 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4630 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4631 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4632 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4633 S, true /*Extended*/); 4634 else 4635 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4636 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4637 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4638 } 4639 4640 return S; 4641} 4642 4643bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4644 std::string& S) { 4645 // Encode result type. 4646 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4647 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4648 // Compute size of all parameters. 4649 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4650 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4651 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4652 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4653 if (sz.isZero()) 4654 continue; 4655 4656 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4657 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4658 ParmOffset += sz; 4659 } 4660 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4661 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4662 4663 // Argument types. 4664 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4665 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4666 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4667 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4668 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4669 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4670 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4671 // elements. 4672 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4673 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4674 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4675 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4676 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4677 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4678 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4679 } 4680 4681 return false; 4682} 4683 4684/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4685/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4686/// block object types. 4687void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4688 QualType T, std::string& S, 4689 bool Extended) const { 4690 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4691 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4692 // Encode parameter type. 4693 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4694 true /*OutermostType*/, 4695 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4696 false /*StructField*/, 4697 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4698 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4699} 4700 4701/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4702/// declaration. 4703bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4704 std::string& S, 4705 bool Extended) const { 4706 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4707 // Encode return type. 4708 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4709 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4710 // Compute size of all parameters. 4711 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4712 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4713 SourceLocation Loc; 4714 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4715 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4716 // their size. 4717 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4718 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4719 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4720 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4721 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4722 if (sz.isZero()) 4723 continue; 4724 4725 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4726 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4727 ParmOffset += sz; 4728 } 4729 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4730 S += "@0:"; 4731 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4732 4733 // Argument types. 4734 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4735 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4736 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4737 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4738 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4739 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4740 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4741 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4742 // elements. 4743 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4744 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4745 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4746 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4747 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4748 PType, S, Extended); 4749 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4750 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4751 } 4752 4753 return false; 4754} 4755 4756/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4757/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4758/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4759/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4760/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4761/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4762/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4763/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4764/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4765/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4766/// @code 4767/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4768/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4769/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4770/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4771/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4772/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4773/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4774/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4775/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4776/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4777/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4778/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4779/// }; 4780/// @endcode 4781void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4782 const Decl *Container, 4783 std::string& S) const { 4784 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4785 bool Dynamic = false; 4786 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4787 4788 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4789 if (Container) { 4790 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4791 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4792 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4793 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4794 i != e; ++i) { 4795 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4796 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4797 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4798 Dynamic = true; 4799 } else { 4800 SynthesizePID = PID; 4801 } 4802 } 4803 } 4804 } else { 4805 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4806 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4807 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4808 i != e; ++i) { 4809 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4810 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4811 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4812 Dynamic = true; 4813 } else { 4814 SynthesizePID = PID; 4815 } 4816 } 4817 } 4818 } 4819 } 4820 4821 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4822 S = "T"; 4823 4824 // Encode result type. 4825 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4826 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4827 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4828 true /* outermost type */, 4829 true /* encoding for property */); 4830 4831 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4832 S += ",R"; 4833 } else { 4834 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4835 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4836 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4837 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4838 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4839 } 4840 } 4841 4842 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4843 // are "dynamic by default". 4844 if (Dynamic) 4845 S += ",D"; 4846 4847 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4848 S += ",N"; 4849 4850 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4851 S += ",G"; 4852 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4853 } 4854 4855 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4856 S += ",S"; 4857 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4858 } 4859 4860 if (SynthesizePID) { 4861 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4862 S += ",V"; 4863 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4864 } 4865 4866 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4867} 4868 4869/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4870/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4871/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4872/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4873/// 4874void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4875 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4876 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4877 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4878 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4879 else 4880 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4881 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4882 } 4883 } 4884} 4885 4886void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4887 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4888 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4889 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4890 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4891 // same type. 4892 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4893 true /* outermost type */); 4894} 4895 4896static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4897 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4898 switch (kind) { 4899 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4900 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4901 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4902 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4903 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4904 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4905 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4906 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4907 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4908 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4909 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4910 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4911 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4912 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4913 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4914 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4915 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4916 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4917 case BuiltinType::Long: 4918 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4919 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4920 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4921 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4922 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4923 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4924 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 4925 4926 case BuiltinType::Half: 4927 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 4928 return ' '; 4929 4930 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 4931 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 4932 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 4933 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 4934 4935 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 4936 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 4937 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 4938 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 4939 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 4940 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 4941 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 4942 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 4943 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 4944 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 4945#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 4946#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 4947 case BuiltinType::KIND: 4948#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 4949 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 4950 } 4951 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 4952} 4953 4954static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4955 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4956 4957 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4958 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4959 return 'i'; 4960 4961 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4962 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4963 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 4964} 4965 4966static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4967 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4968 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4969 S += 'b'; 4970 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4971 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4972 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4973 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4974 // 4975 // struct 4976 // { 4977 // int integer; 4978 // int flags:2; 4979 // }; 4980 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4981 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4982 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4983 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4984 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4985 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4986 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4987 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4988 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4989 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4990 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4991 else { 4992 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4993 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4997} 4998 4999// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5000void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5001 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5002 bool ExpandStructures, 5003 const FieldDecl *FD, 5004 bool OutermostType, 5005 bool EncodingProperty, 5006 bool StructField, 5007 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5008 bool EncodeClassNames, 5009 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5010 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5011 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5012 case Type::Builtin: 5013 case Type::Enum: 5014 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5015 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5016 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5017 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5018 else 5019 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5020 return; 5021 5022 case Type::Complex: { 5023 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5024 S += 'j'; 5025 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5026 false); 5027 return; 5028 } 5029 5030 case Type::Atomic: { 5031 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5032 S += 'A'; 5033 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5034 false, false); 5035 return; 5036 } 5037 5038 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5039 case Type::Pointer: 5040 case Type::LValueReference: 5041 case Type::RValueReference: { 5042 QualType PointeeTy; 5043 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5044 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5045 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5046 S += ':'; 5047 return; 5048 } 5049 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5050 } else { 5051 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5052 } 5053 5054 bool isReadOnly = false; 5055 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5056 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5057 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5058 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5059 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5060 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5061 isReadOnly = true; 5062 S += 'r'; 5063 } 5064 } else if (OutermostType) { 5065 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5066 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5067 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5068 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5069 isReadOnly = true; 5070 S += 'r'; 5071 } 5072 } 5073 if (isReadOnly) { 5074 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5075 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5076 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5077 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5078 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5079 } 5080 5081 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5082 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5083 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5084 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5085 S += '*'; 5086 return; 5087 } 5088 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5089 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5090 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5091 S += '#'; 5092 return; 5093 } 5094 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5095 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5096 S += '@'; 5097 return; 5098 } 5099 // fall through... 5100 } 5101 S += '^'; 5102 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5103 5104 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5105 NULL); 5106 return; 5107 } 5108 5109 case Type::ConstantArray: 5110 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5111 case Type::VariableArray: { 5112 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5113 5114 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5115 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5116 S += '^'; 5117 5118 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5119 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5120 } else { 5121 S += '['; 5122 5123 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5124 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5125 S += '0'; 5126 else 5127 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5128 } else { 5129 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5130 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5131 "Unknown array type!"); 5132 S += '0'; 5133 } 5134 5135 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5136 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5137 S += ']'; 5138 } 5139 return; 5140 } 5141 5142 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5143 case Type::FunctionProto: 5144 S += '?'; 5145 return; 5146 5147 case Type::Record: { 5148 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5149 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5150 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5151 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5152 S += II->getName(); 5153 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5154 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5155 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5156 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5157 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5158 TemplateArgs.data(), 5159 TemplateArgs.size(), 5160 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5161 } 5162 } else { 5163 S += '?'; 5164 } 5165 if (ExpandStructures) { 5166 S += '='; 5167 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5168 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5169 } else { 5170 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5171 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5172 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5173 if (FD) { 5174 S += '"'; 5175 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5176 S += '"'; 5177 } 5178 5179 // Special case bit-fields. 5180 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5181 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5182 *Field); 5183 } else { 5184 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5185 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5186 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5187 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5188 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5189 /*StructField*/true); 5190 } 5191 } 5192 } 5193 } 5194 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5195 return; 5196 } 5197 5198 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5199 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5200 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5201 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5202 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5203 5204 S += '<'; 5205 // Block return type 5206 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5207 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5208 FD, 5209 false /* OutermostType */, 5210 EncodingProperty, 5211 false /* StructField */, 5212 EncodeBlockParameters, 5213 EncodeClassNames); 5214 // Block self 5215 S += "@?"; 5216 // Block parameters 5217 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5218 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5219 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5220 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5221 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5222 ExpandStructures, 5223 FD, 5224 false /* OutermostType */, 5225 EncodingProperty, 5226 false /* StructField */, 5227 EncodeBlockParameters, 5228 EncodeClassNames); 5229 } 5230 } 5231 S += '>'; 5232 } 5233 return; 5234 } 5235 5236 case Type::ObjCObject: 5237 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5238 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5239 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5240 5241 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5242 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5243 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5244 // @encode(class_name) 5245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5246 S += '{'; 5247 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5248 S += II->getName(); 5249 S += '='; 5250 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5251 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5252 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5253 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5254 if (Field->isBitField()) 5255 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5256 else 5257 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5258 false, false, false, false, false, 5259 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5260 } 5261 S += '}'; 5262 return; 5263 } 5264 5265 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5266 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5267 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5268 S += '@'; 5269 return; 5270 } 5271 5272 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5273 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5274 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5275 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5276 S += '#'; 5277 return; 5278 } 5279 5280 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5281 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5282 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5283 ExpandStructures, FD); 5284 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5285 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5286 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5287 S += '"'; 5288 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5289 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5290 S += '<'; 5291 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5292 S += '>'; 5293 } 5294 S += '"'; 5295 } 5296 return; 5297 } 5298 5299 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5300 if (!EncodingProperty && 5301 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5302 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5303 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5304 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5305 // {...}; 5306 S += '^'; 5307 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5308 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5309 NULL, 5310 false, false, false, false, false, 5311 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5312 return; 5313 } 5314 5315 S += '@'; 5316 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5317 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5318 S += '"'; 5319 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5320 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5321 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5322 S += '<'; 5323 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5324 S += '>'; 5325 } 5326 S += '"'; 5327 } 5328 return; 5329 } 5330 5331 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5332 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5333 case Type::MemberPointer: 5334 return; 5335 5336 case Type::Vector: 5337 case Type::ExtVector: 5338 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5339 // insufficient. 5340 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5341 return; 5342 5343#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5344#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5345#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5346 case Type::KIND: 5347#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5348 case Type::KIND: 5349#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5350 case Type::KIND: 5351#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5352 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5353 } 5354 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5355} 5356 5357void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5358 std::string &S, 5359 const FieldDecl *FD, 5360 bool includeVBases) const { 5361 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5362 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5363 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5364 return; 5365 5366 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5367 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5368 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5369 5370 if (CXXRec) { 5371 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5372 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5373 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5374 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5375 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5376 if (base->isEmpty()) 5377 continue; 5378 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5379 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5380 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5381 } 5382 } 5383 } 5384 5385 unsigned i = 0; 5386 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5387 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5388 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5389 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5390 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5391 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5392 } 5393 5394 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5395 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5396 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5397 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5398 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5399 if (base->isEmpty()) 5400 continue; 5401 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5402 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5403 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5404 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5405 } 5406 } 5407 5408 CharUnits size; 5409 if (CXXRec) { 5410 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5411 } else { 5412 size = layout.getSize(); 5413 } 5414 5415 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5416 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5417 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5418 5419 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5420 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5421 if (FD) { 5422 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5423 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5424 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5425 S += recname; 5426 S += '"'; 5427 } 5428 S += "^^?"; 5429 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5430 } 5431 5432 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5433 // Mark the end of the structure. 5434 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5435 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5436 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5437 } 5438 5439 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5440 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5441 5442 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5443 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5444 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5445 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5446 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5447 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5448 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5449 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5450 // longer then though. 5451 CurOffs += padding; 5452 } 5453 5454 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5455 if (dcl == 0) 5456 break; // reached end of structure. 5457 5458 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5459 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5460 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5461 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5462 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5463 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5464 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5465 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5466 } else { 5467 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5468 if (FD) { 5469 S += '"'; 5470 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5471 S += '"'; 5472 } 5473 5474 if (field->isBitField()) { 5475 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5476 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5477 } else { 5478 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5479 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5480 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5481 /*OutermostType*/false, 5482 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5483 /*StructField*/true); 5484 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5485 } 5486 } 5487 } 5488} 5489 5490void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5491 std::string& S) const { 5492 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5493 S += 'n'; 5494 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5495 S += 'N'; 5496 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5497 S += 'o'; 5498 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5499 S += 'O'; 5500 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5501 S += 'R'; 5502 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5503 S += 'V'; 5504} 5505 5506TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5507 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5508 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5509 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5510 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5511 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5512 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5513 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5514 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5515 } 5516 5517 return ObjCIdDecl; 5518} 5519 5520TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5521 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5522 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5523 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5524 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5525 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5526 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5527 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5528 } 5529 return ObjCSelDecl; 5530} 5531 5532TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5533 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5534 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5535 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5536 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5537 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5538 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5539 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5540 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5541 } 5542 5543 return ObjCClassDecl; 5544} 5545 5546ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5547 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5548 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5549 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5550 SourceLocation(), 5551 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5552 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5553 SourceLocation(), true); 5554 } 5555 5556 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5557} 5558 5559//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5560// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5561//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5562 5563static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5564 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5565 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5566 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5567 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5568 5569 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5570 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5571 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5572 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5573 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5574 TInfo); 5575 return VaListTypeDecl; 5576} 5577 5578static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5579 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5580 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5581 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5582 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5583 5584 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5585 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5586 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5587 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5588 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5589 TInfo); 5590 return VaListTypeDecl; 5591} 5592 5593static TypedefDecl * 5594CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5595 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5596 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5597 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5598 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5599 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5600 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5601 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5602 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5603 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5604 5605 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5606 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5607 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5608 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5609 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5610 } else { 5611 // struct __va_list 5612 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5613 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5614 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5615 } 5616 5617 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5618 5619 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5620 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5621 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5622 5623 // void *__stack; 5624 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5625 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5626 5627 // void *__gr_top; 5628 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5629 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5630 5631 // void *__vr_top; 5632 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5633 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5634 5635 // int __gr_offs; 5636 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5637 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5638 5639 // int __vr_offs; 5640 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5641 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5642 5643 // Create fields 5644 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5645 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5646 VaListTagDecl, 5647 SourceLocation(), 5648 SourceLocation(), 5649 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5650 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5651 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5652 /*Mutable=*/false, 5653 ICIS_NoInit); 5654 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5655 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5656 } 5657 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5658 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5659 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5660 5661 // } __builtin_va_list; 5662 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5663 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5664 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5665 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5666 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5667 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5668 5669 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5670} 5671 5672static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5673 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5674 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5675 5676 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5677 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5678 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5679 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5680 5681 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5682 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5683 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5684 5685 // unsigned char gpr; 5686 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5687 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5688 5689 // unsigned char fpr; 5690 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5691 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5692 5693 // unsigned short reserved; 5694 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5695 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5696 5697 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5698 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5699 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5700 5701 // void* reg_save_area; 5702 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5703 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5704 5705 // Create fields 5706 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5707 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5708 SourceLocation(), 5709 SourceLocation(), 5710 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5711 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5712 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5713 /*Mutable=*/false, 5714 ICIS_NoInit); 5715 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5716 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5717 } 5718 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5719 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5720 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5721 5722 // } __va_list_tag; 5723 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5724 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5725 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5726 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5727 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5728 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5729 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5730 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5731 5732 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5733 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5734 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5735 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5736 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5737 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5738 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5739 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5740 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5741 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5742 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5743 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5744 TInfo); 5745 5746 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5747} 5748 5749static TypedefDecl * 5750CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5751 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5752 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5753 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5754 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5755 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5756 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5757 5758 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5759 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5760 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5761 5762 // unsigned gp_offset; 5763 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5764 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5765 5766 // unsigned fp_offset; 5767 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5768 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5769 5770 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5771 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5772 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5773 5774 // void* reg_save_area; 5775 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5776 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5777 5778 // Create fields 5779 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5780 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5781 VaListTagDecl, 5782 SourceLocation(), 5783 SourceLocation(), 5784 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5785 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5786 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5787 /*Mutable=*/false, 5788 ICIS_NoInit); 5789 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5790 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5791 } 5792 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5793 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5794 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5795 5796 // } __va_list_tag; 5797 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5798 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5799 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5800 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5801 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5802 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5803 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5804 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5805 5806 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5807 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5808 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5809 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5810 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5812 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5813 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5814 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5815 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5816 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5817 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5818 TInfo); 5819 5820 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5821} 5822 5823static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5824 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5825 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5826 QualType IntArrayType 5827 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5828 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5829 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5830 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5831 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5832 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5833 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5834 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5835 5836 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5837} 5838 5839static TypedefDecl * 5840CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5841 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5842 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5843 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5844 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5845 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5846 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5847 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5848 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5849 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5850 5851 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5852 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5853 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5854 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5855 5856 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5857 5858 } else { 5859 // struct __va_list { 5860 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5861 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5862 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5863 } 5864 5865 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5866 5867 // void * __ap; 5868 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5869 VaListDecl, 5870 SourceLocation(), 5871 SourceLocation(), 5872 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5873 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5874 /*TInfo=*/0, 5875 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5876 /*Mutable=*/false, 5877 ICIS_NoInit); 5878 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5879 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5880 5881 // }; 5882 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5883 5884 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5885 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5886 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5887 5888 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5889 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5890 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5891 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5892 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5893 TInfo); 5894 5895 return VaListTypeDecl; 5896} 5897 5898static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5899 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5900 switch (Kind) { 5901 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5902 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5903 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5904 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5905 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5906 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5907 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5908 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5909 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5910 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5911 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5912 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5913 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5914 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5915 } 5916 5917 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5918} 5919 5920TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5921 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5922 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5923 5924 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5925} 5926 5927QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5928 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5929 // declaration. 5930 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5931 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5932 5933 return VaListTagTy; 5934} 5935 5936void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5937 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5938 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5939 5940 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5941} 5942 5943/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5944/// lookup. 5945TemplateName 5946ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5947 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5948 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5949 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5950 5951 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5952 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5953 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5954 5955 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5956 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5957 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5958 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5959 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5960 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5961 *Storage++ = D; 5962 } 5963 5964 return TemplateName(OT); 5965} 5966 5967/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5968/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5969TemplateName 5970ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5971 bool TemplateKeyword, 5972 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5973 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5974 5975 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5976 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5977 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5978 5979 void *InsertPos = 0; 5980 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5981 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5982 if (!QTN) { 5983 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5984 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5985 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5986 } 5987 5988 return TemplateName(QTN); 5989} 5990 5991/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5992/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5993TemplateName 5994ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5995 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5996 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5997 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5998 5999 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6000 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6001 6002 void *InsertPos = 0; 6003 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6004 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6005 6006 if (QTN) 6007 return TemplateName(QTN); 6008 6009 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6010 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6011 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6012 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6013 } else { 6014 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6015 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6016 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6017 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6018 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6019 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6020 (void)CheckQTN; 6021 } 6022 6023 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6024 return TemplateName(QTN); 6025} 6026 6027/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6028/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6029TemplateName 6030ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6031 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6032 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6033 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6034 6035 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6036 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6037 6038 void *InsertPos = 0; 6039 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6040 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6041 6042 if (QTN) 6043 return TemplateName(QTN); 6044 6045 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6046 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6047 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6048 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6049 } else { 6050 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6051 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6052 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6053 6054 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6055 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6056 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6057 (void)CheckQTN; 6058 } 6059 6060 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6061 return TemplateName(QTN); 6062} 6063 6064TemplateName 6065ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6066 TemplateName replacement) const { 6067 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6068 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6069 6070 void *insertPos = 0; 6071 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6072 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6073 6074 if (!subst) { 6075 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6076 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6077 } 6078 6079 return TemplateName(subst); 6080} 6081 6082TemplateName 6083ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6084 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6085 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6086 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6087 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6088 6089 void *InsertPos = 0; 6090 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6091 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6092 6093 if (!Subst) { 6094 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6095 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6096 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6097 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6098 } 6099 6100 return TemplateName(Subst); 6101} 6102 6103/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6104/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6105/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6106CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6107 switch (Type) { 6108 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6109 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6110 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6111 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6112 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6113 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6114 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6115 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6116 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6117 } 6118 6119 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6120} 6121 6122//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6123// Type Predicates. 6124//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6125 6126/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6127/// garbage collection attribute. 6128/// 6129Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6130 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6131 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6132 6133 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6134 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6135 6136 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6137 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6138 // as __strong. 6139 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6140 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6141 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6142 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6143 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6144 } else { 6145 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6146 // pointer. 6147#ifndef NDEBUG 6148 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6149 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6150 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6151 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6152#endif 6153 } 6154 return GCAttrs; 6155} 6156 6157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6158// Type Compatibility Testing 6159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6160 6161/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6162/// compatible. 6163static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6164 const VectorType *RHS) { 6165 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6166 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6167 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6168} 6169 6170bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6171 QualType SecondVec) { 6172 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6173 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6174 6175 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6176 return true; 6177 6178 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6179 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6180 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6181 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6182 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6183 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6184 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6185 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6186 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6187 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6188 return true; 6189 6190 return false; 6191} 6192 6193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6194// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6196 6197/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6198/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6199bool 6200ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6201 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6202 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6203 return true; 6204 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6205 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6206 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6207 return true; 6208 return false; 6209} 6210 6211/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6212/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6213/// otherwise. 6214bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6215 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6216 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6217 return false; 6218} 6219 6220/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6221/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6222bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6223 QualType rhs) { 6224 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6225 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6226 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6227 6228 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6229 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6230 bool match = false; 6231 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6232 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6233 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6234 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6235 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6236 match = true; 6237 break; 6238 } 6239 } 6240 if (!match) 6241 return false; 6242 } 6243 return true; 6244} 6245 6246/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6247/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6248bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6249 bool compare) { 6250 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6251 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6252 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6253 return true; 6254 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6255 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6256 return true; 6257 6258 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6259 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6260 6261 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6262 6263 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6264 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6265 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6266 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6267 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6268 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6269 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6270 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6271 // through its super class and categories. 6272 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6273 return false; 6274 } 6275 } 6276 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6277 return true; 6278 } 6279 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6280 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6281 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6282 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6283 bool match = false; 6284 6285 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6286 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6287 // through its super class and categories. 6288 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6289 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6290 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6291 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6292 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6293 match = true; 6294 break; 6295 } 6296 } 6297 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6298 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6299 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6300 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6301 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6302 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6303 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6304 // through its super class and categories. 6305 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6306 match = true; 6307 break; 6308 } 6309 } 6310 } 6311 if (!match) 6312 return false; 6313 } 6314 6315 return true; 6316 } 6317 6318 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6319 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6320 6321 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6322 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6323 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6324 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6325 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6326 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6327 bool match = false; 6328 6329 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6330 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6331 // through its super class and categories. 6332 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6333 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6334 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6335 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6336 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6337 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6338 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6339 match = true; 6340 break; 6341 } 6342 } 6343 if (!match) 6344 return false; 6345 } 6346 6347 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6348 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6349 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6350 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6351 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6352 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6353 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6354 // assume that it is mismatch. 6355 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6356 return false; 6357 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6358 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6359 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6360 bool match = false; 6361 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6362 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6363 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6364 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6365 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6366 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6367 match = true; 6368 break; 6369 } 6370 } 6371 if (!match) 6372 return false; 6373 } 6374 } 6375 return true; 6376 } 6377 return false; 6378} 6379 6380/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6381/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6382/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6383/// 6384bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6385 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6386 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6387 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6388 6389 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6390 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6391 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6392 return true; 6393 6394 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6395 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6396 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6397 false); 6398 6399 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6400 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6401 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6402 6403 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6404 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6405 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6406 6407 return false; 6408} 6409 6410/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6411/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6412/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6413/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6414/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6415bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6416 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6417 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6418 bool BlockReturnType) { 6419 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6420 return true; 6421 6422 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6423 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6424 } 6425 6426 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6427 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6428 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6429 false); 6430 6431 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6432 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6433 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6434 if (LHS != RHS) { 6435 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6436 return BlockReturnType; 6437 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6438 return !BlockReturnType; 6439 } 6440 else 6441 return true; 6442 } 6443 return false; 6444} 6445 6446/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6447/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6448/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6449/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6450static 6451void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6452 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6453 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6454 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6455 6456 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6457 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6458 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6459 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6460 6461 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6462 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6463 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6464 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6465 else { 6466 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6467 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6468 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6469 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6470 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6471 } 6472 6473 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6474 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6475 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6476 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6477 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6478 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6479 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6480 } else { 6481 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6482 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6483 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6484 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6485 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6486 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6487 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6488 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6489 } 6490} 6491 6492/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6493/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6494/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6495/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6496QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6497 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6498 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6499 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6500 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6501 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6502 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6503 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6504 return QualType(); 6505 6506 do { 6507 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6508 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6509 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6510 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6511 6512 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6513 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6514 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6515 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6516 return Result; 6517 } 6518 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6519 6520 return QualType(); 6521} 6522 6523bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6524 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6525 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6526 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6527 6528 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6529 // the LHS. 6530 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6531 return false; 6532 6533 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6534 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6535 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6536 return true; 6537 6538 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6539 // more detailed analysis is required. 6540 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6541 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6542 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6543 // false otherwise. 6544 bool IsSuperClass = 6545 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6546 if (IsSuperClass) { 6547 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6548 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6549 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6550 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6551 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6552 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6553 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6554 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6555 return false; 6556 6557 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6558 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6559 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6560 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6561 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6562 6563 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6564 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6565 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6566 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6567 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6568 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6569 break; 6570 } 6571 } 6572 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6573 return false; 6574 } 6575 return true; 6576 } 6577 return false; 6578 } 6579 6580 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6581 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6582 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6583 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6584 6585 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6586 // are incompatible. 6587 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6588 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6589 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6590 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6591 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6592 break; 6593 } 6594 } 6595 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6596 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6597 return false; 6598 } 6599 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6600 return true; 6601} 6602 6603bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6604 // get the "pointed to" types 6605 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6606 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6607 6608 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6609 return false; 6610 6611 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6612 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6613} 6614 6615bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6616 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6617 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6618 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6619} 6620 6621/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6622/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6623/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6624/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6625bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6626 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6627 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6628 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6629 6630 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6631} 6632 6633bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6634 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6635} 6636 6637bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6638 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6639} 6640 6641/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6642/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6643/// QualType() 6644QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6645 bool OfBlockPointer, 6646 bool Unqualified) { 6647 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6648 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6649 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6650 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6651 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6652 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6653 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6654 if (!MT.isNull()) 6655 return MT; 6656 } 6657 } 6658 } 6659 6660 return QualType(); 6661} 6662 6663/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6664/// argument types 6665QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6666 bool OfBlockPointer, 6667 bool Unqualified) { 6668 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6669 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6670 // type is compatible with a union member 6671 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6672 Unqualified); 6673 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6674 return lmerge; 6675 6676 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6677 Unqualified); 6678 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6679 return rmerge; 6680 6681 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6682} 6683 6684QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6685 bool OfBlockPointer, 6686 bool Unqualified) { 6687 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6688 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6689 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6690 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6691 bool allLTypes = true; 6692 bool allRTypes = true; 6693 6694 // Check return type 6695 QualType retType; 6696 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6697 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6698 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6699 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6700 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6701 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6702 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6703 } 6704 else 6705 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6706 Unqualified); 6707 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6708 6709 if (Unqualified) 6710 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6711 6712 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6713 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6714 if (Unqualified) { 6715 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6716 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6717 } 6718 6719 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6720 allLTypes = false; 6721 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6722 allRTypes = false; 6723 6724 // FIXME: double check this 6725 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6726 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6727 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6728 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6729 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6730 6731 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6732 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6733 return QualType(); 6734 6735 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6736 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6737 return QualType(); 6738 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6739 return QualType(); 6740 6741 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6742 return QualType(); 6743 6744 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6745 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6746 6747 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6748 allLTypes = false; 6749 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6750 allRTypes = false; 6751 6752 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6753 6754 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6755 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6756 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6757 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6758 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6759 6760 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6761 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6762 return QualType(); 6763 6764 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6765 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6766 return QualType(); 6767 6768 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6769 return QualType(); 6770 6771 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6772 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6773 return QualType(); 6774 6775 // Check argument compatibility 6776 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6777 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6778 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6779 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6780 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6781 OfBlockPointer, 6782 Unqualified); 6783 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6784 6785 if (Unqualified) 6786 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6787 6788 types.push_back(argtype); 6789 if (Unqualified) { 6790 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6791 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6792 } 6793 6794 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6795 allLTypes = false; 6796 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6797 allRTypes = false; 6798 } 6799 6800 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6801 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6802 6803 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6804 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6805 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6806 } 6807 6808 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6809 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6810 6811 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6812 if (proto) { 6813 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6814 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6815 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6816 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6817 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6818 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6819 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6820 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6821 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6822 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6823 6824 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6825 // to pass enum values. 6826 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6827 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6828 if (argTy.isNull()) 6829 return QualType(); 6830 } 6831 6832 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6833 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6834 return QualType(); 6835 } 6836 6837 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6838 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6839 6840 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6841 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6842 return getFunctionType(retType, 6843 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 6844 proto->getNumArgs()), 6845 EPI); 6846 } 6847 6848 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6849 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6850 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6851} 6852 6853/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 6854static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 6855 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 6856 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6857 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6858 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6859 // type. 6860 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6861 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6862 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 6863 return other; 6864 6865 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 6866 // integral type of the same size. 6867 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 6868 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 6869 return other; 6870 6871 return QualType(); 6872} 6873 6874QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6875 bool OfBlockPointer, 6876 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6877 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6878 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6879 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6880 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6881 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6882 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6883 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6884 6885 if (Unqualified) { 6886 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6887 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6888 } 6889 6890 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6891 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6892 6893 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6894 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6895 return LHS; 6896 6897 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6898 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6899 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6900 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6901 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6902 // mismatch. 6903 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6904 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6905 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6906 return QualType(); 6907 6908 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6909 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6910 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6911 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6912 // qualified __strong. 6913 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6914 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6915 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6916 6917 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6918 return QualType(); 6919 6920 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6921 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6922 } 6923 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6924 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6925 } 6926 return QualType(); 6927 } 6928 6929 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6930 6931 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6932 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6933 6934 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6935 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6936 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6937 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6938 6939 // Same as above for arrays 6940 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6941 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6942 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6943 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6944 6945 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6946 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6947 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6948 6949 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6950 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6951 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6952 6953 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6954 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6955 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 6956 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 6957 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6958 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 6959 } 6960 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6961 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 6962 } 6963 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6964 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6965 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6966 return LHS; 6967 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6968 return RHS; 6969 } 6970 6971 return QualType(); 6972 } 6973 6974 // The canonical type classes match. 6975 switch (LHSClass) { 6976#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6977#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6978#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6979#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6980#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6981#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6982 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6983 6984 case Type::LValueReference: 6985 case Type::RValueReference: 6986 case Type::MemberPointer: 6987 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6988 6989 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6990 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6991 case Type::VariableArray: 6992 case Type::FunctionProto: 6993 case Type::ExtVector: 6994 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6995 6996 case Type::Pointer: 6997 { 6998 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6999 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7000 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7001 if (Unqualified) { 7002 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7003 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7004 } 7005 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7006 Unqualified); 7007 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7008 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7009 return LHS; 7010 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7011 return RHS; 7012 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7013 } 7014 case Type::BlockPointer: 7015 { 7016 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7017 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7018 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7019 if (Unqualified) { 7020 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7021 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7022 } 7023 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7024 Unqualified); 7025 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7026 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7027 return LHS; 7028 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7029 return RHS; 7030 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7031 } 7032 case Type::Atomic: 7033 { 7034 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7035 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7036 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7037 if (Unqualified) { 7038 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7039 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7040 } 7041 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7042 Unqualified); 7043 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7044 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7045 return LHS; 7046 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7047 return RHS; 7048 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7049 } 7050 case Type::ConstantArray: 7051 { 7052 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7053 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7054 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7055 return QualType(); 7056 7057 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7058 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7059 if (Unqualified) { 7060 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7061 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7062 } 7063 7064 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7065 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7066 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7067 return LHS; 7068 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7069 return RHS; 7070 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7071 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7072 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7073 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7074 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7075 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7076 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7077 return LHS; 7078 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7079 return RHS; 7080 if (LVAT) { 7081 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7082 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7083 // has to be different. 7084 return LHS; 7085 } 7086 if (RVAT) { 7087 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7088 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7089 // has to be different. 7090 return RHS; 7091 } 7092 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7093 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7094 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7095 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7096 } 7097 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7098 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7099 case Type::Record: 7100 case Type::Enum: 7101 return QualType(); 7102 case Type::Builtin: 7103 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7104 return QualType(); 7105 case Type::Complex: 7106 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7107 return QualType(); 7108 case Type::Vector: 7109 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7110 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7111 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7112 return LHS; 7113 return QualType(); 7114 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7115 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7116 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7117 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7118 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7119 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7120 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7121 return LHS; 7122 7123 return QualType(); 7124 } 7125 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7126 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7127 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7128 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7129 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7130 BlockReturnType)) 7131 return LHS; 7132 return QualType(); 7133 } 7134 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7135 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7136 return LHS; 7137 7138 return QualType(); 7139 } 7140 } 7141 7142 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7143} 7144 7145bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7146 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7147 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7148 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7149 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7150 return false; 7151 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7152 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7153 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7154 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7155 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7156 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7157 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7158 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7159 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7160 return false; 7161 } 7162 return true; 7163} 7164 7165/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7166/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7167/// return types. 7168QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7169 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7170 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7171 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7172 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7173 return LHS; 7174 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7175 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7176 return QualType(); 7177 QualType OldReturnType = 7178 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7179 QualType NewReturnType = 7180 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7181 QualType ResReturnType = 7182 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7183 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7184 return QualType(); 7185 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7186 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7187 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7188 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7189 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7190 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7191 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7192 QualType ResultType 7193 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7194 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7195 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7196 EPI); 7197 return ResultType; 7198 } 7199 } 7200 return QualType(); 7201 } 7202 7203 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7204 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7205 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7206 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7207 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7208 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7209 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7210 return QualType(); 7211 7212 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7213 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7214 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7215 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7216 // qualified __strong. 7217 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7218 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7219 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7220 7221 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7222 return QualType(); 7223 7224 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7225 return LHS; 7226 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7227 return RHS; 7228 return QualType(); 7229 } 7230 7231 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7232 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7233 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7234 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7235 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7236 return LHS; 7237 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7238 return RHS; 7239 } 7240 return QualType(); 7241} 7242 7243//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7244// Integer Predicates 7245//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7246 7247unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7248 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7249 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7250 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7251 return 1; 7252 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7253 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7254} 7255 7256QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7257 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7258 7259 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7260 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7261 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7262 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7263 7264 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7265 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7266 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7267 7268 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7269 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7270 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7271 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7272 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7273 return UnsignedCharTy; 7274 case BuiltinType::Short: 7275 return UnsignedShortTy; 7276 case BuiltinType::Int: 7277 return UnsignedIntTy; 7278 case BuiltinType::Long: 7279 return UnsignedLongTy; 7280 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7281 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7282 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7283 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7284 default: 7285 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7286 } 7287} 7288 7289ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7290 7291 7292//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7293// Builtin Type Computation 7294//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7295 7296/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7297/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7298/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7299/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7300/// a vector of "i*". 7301/// 7302/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7303/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7304static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7305 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7306 bool &RequiresICE, 7307 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7308 // Modifiers. 7309 int HowLong = 0; 7310 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7311 RequiresICE = false; 7312 7313 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7314 bool Done = false; 7315 while (!Done) { 7316 switch (*Str++) { 7317 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7318 case 'I': 7319 RequiresICE = true; 7320 break; 7321 case 'S': 7322 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7323 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7324 Signed = true; 7325 break; 7326 case 'U': 7327 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7328 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7329 Unsigned = true; 7330 break; 7331 case 'L': 7332 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7333 ++HowLong; 7334 break; 7335 } 7336 } 7337 7338 QualType Type; 7339 7340 // Read the base type. 7341 switch (*Str++) { 7342 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7343 case 'v': 7344 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7345 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7346 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7347 break; 7348 case 'f': 7349 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7350 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7351 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7352 break; 7353 case 'd': 7354 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7355 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7356 if (HowLong) 7357 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7358 else 7359 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7360 break; 7361 case 's': 7362 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7363 if (Unsigned) 7364 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7365 else 7366 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7367 break; 7368 case 'i': 7369 if (HowLong == 3) 7370 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7371 else if (HowLong == 2) 7372 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7373 else if (HowLong == 1) 7374 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7375 else 7376 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7377 break; 7378 case 'c': 7379 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7380 if (Signed) 7381 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7382 else if (Unsigned) 7383 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7384 else 7385 Type = Context.CharTy; 7386 break; 7387 case 'b': // boolean 7388 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7389 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7390 break; 7391 case 'z': // size_t. 7392 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7393 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7394 break; 7395 case 'F': 7396 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7397 break; 7398 case 'G': 7399 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7400 break; 7401 case 'H': 7402 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7403 break; 7404 case 'M': 7405 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7406 break; 7407 case 'a': 7408 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7409 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7410 break; 7411 case 'A': 7412 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7413 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7414 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7415 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7416 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7417 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7418 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7419 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7420 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7421 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7422 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7423 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7424 else 7425 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7426 break; 7427 case 'V': { 7428 char *End; 7429 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7430 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7431 Str = End; 7432 7433 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7434 RequiresICE, false); 7435 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7436 7437 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7438 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7439 VectorType::GenericVector); 7440 break; 7441 } 7442 case 'E': { 7443 char *End; 7444 7445 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7446 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7447 7448 Str = End; 7449 7450 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7451 false); 7452 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7453 break; 7454 } 7455 case 'X': { 7456 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7457 false); 7458 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7459 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7460 break; 7461 } 7462 case 'Y' : { 7463 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7464 break; 7465 } 7466 case 'P': 7467 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7468 if (Type.isNull()) { 7469 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7470 return QualType(); 7471 } 7472 break; 7473 case 'J': 7474 if (Signed) 7475 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7476 else 7477 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7478 7479 if (Type.isNull()) { 7480 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7481 return QualType(); 7482 } 7483 break; 7484 case 'K': 7485 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7486 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7487 7488 if (Type.isNull()) { 7489 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7490 return QualType(); 7491 } 7492 break; 7493 case 'p': 7494 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7495 break; 7496 } 7497 7498 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7499 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7500 while (!Done) { 7501 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7502 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7503 case '*': 7504 case '&': { 7505 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7506 // qualified with an address space. 7507 char *End; 7508 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7509 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7510 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7511 Str = End; 7512 } 7513 if (c == '*') 7514 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7515 else 7516 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7517 break; 7518 } 7519 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7520 case 'C': 7521 Type = Type.withConst(); 7522 break; 7523 case 'D': 7524 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7525 break; 7526 case 'R': 7527 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7528 break; 7529 } 7530 } 7531 7532 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7533 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7534 7535 return Type; 7536} 7537 7538/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7539QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7540 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7541 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7542 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7543 7544 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7545 7546 bool RequiresICE = false; 7547 Error = GE_None; 7548 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7549 RequiresICE, true); 7550 if (Error != GE_None) 7551 return QualType(); 7552 7553 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7554 7555 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7556 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7557 if (Error != GE_None) 7558 return QualType(); 7559 7560 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7561 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7562 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7563 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7564 7565 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7566 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7567 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7568 7569 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7570 } 7571 7572 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7573 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7574 7575 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7576 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7577 7578 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7579 7580 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7581 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7582 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7583 7584 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7585 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7586 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7587 7588 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7589} 7590 7591GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7592 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7593 7594 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7595 switch (L) { 7596 case NoLinkage: 7597 case InternalLinkage: 7598 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7599 return GVA_Internal; 7600 7601 case ExternalLinkage: 7602 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7603 case TSK_Undeclared: 7604 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7605 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7606 break; 7607 7608 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7609 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7610 7611 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7612 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7613 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7614 break; 7615 } 7616 } 7617 7618 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7619 return External; 7620 7621 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7622 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7623 // externally visible. 7624 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7625 return External; 7626 7627 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7628 return GVA_C99Inline; 7629 } 7630 7631 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7632 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7633 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7634 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7635 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7636 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7637 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7638 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7639 return GVA_C99Inline; 7640 7641 return GVA_CXXInline; 7642} 7643 7644GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7645 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7646 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7647 // template. 7648 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7649 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7650 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7651 7652 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7653 7654 switch (L) { 7655 case NoLinkage: 7656 case InternalLinkage: 7657 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7658 return GVA_Internal; 7659 7660 case ExternalLinkage: 7661 switch (TSK) { 7662 case TSK_Undeclared: 7663 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7664 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7665 7666 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7667 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7668 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7669 7670 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7671 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7672 7673 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7674 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7675 } 7676 } 7677 7678 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7679} 7680 7681bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7682 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7683 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7684 return false; 7685 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7686 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7687 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7688 return false; 7689 } else 7690 return false; 7691 7692 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7693 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7694 return false; 7695 7696 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7697 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7698 return false; 7699 7700 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7701 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7702 return true; 7703 7704 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7705 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7706 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7707 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7708 7709 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7710 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7711 return true; 7712 7713 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7714 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7715 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7716 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7717 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7718 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7719 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7720 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7721 return true; 7722 } 7723 } 7724 } 7725 7726 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7727 7728 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7729 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7730 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7731 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7732 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7733 return false; 7734 return true; 7735 } 7736 7737 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7738 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7739 7740 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7741 return false; 7742 7743 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7744 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7745 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7746 return true; 7747 7748 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7749 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7750 return true; 7751 7752 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7753 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7754 return true; 7755 7756 return false; 7757} 7758 7759CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7760 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7761 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7762} 7763 7764CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7765 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7766 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7767 return CC_Default; 7768 return CC; 7769} 7770 7771bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7772 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7773 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7774} 7775 7776MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7777 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7778 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7779 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7780 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7781 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7782 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7783 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7784 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7785 } 7786 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7787} 7788 7789CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7790 7791size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7792 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7793 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7794 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7795 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7796 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7797 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7798 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7799 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7800 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7801 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7802 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7803 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7804 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7805 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7806} 7807 7808void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7809 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7810 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7811 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7812 return; 7813 7814 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7815 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7816 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7817} 7818 7819int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7820 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7821 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7822 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7823} 7824 7825unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7826 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7827 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7828 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7829} 7830 7831 7832void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7833 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7834} 7835 7836unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7837 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7838 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7839 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7840 return I->second; 7841} 7842